2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// -*- Mode: C++ -*-
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAINWINDOW_H
|
2013-05-23 20:21:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef QT5
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QtWidgets>
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QtGui>
|
2013-05-23 20:21:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QThread>
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QTimer>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QDateTime>
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QList>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QAudioDeviceInfo>
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QScopedPointer>
|
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QDir>
|
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QProgressDialog>
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QAbstractSocket>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QHostAddress>
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QPointer>
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QSet>
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QVector>
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <QFuture>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <QFutureWatcher>
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "AudioDevice.hpp"
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "commons.h"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Radio.hpp"
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Modes.hpp"
|
2017-01-08 23:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "FrequencyList.hpp"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Configuration.hpp"
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "WSPRBandHopping.hpp"
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "Transceiver.hpp"
|
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "DisplayManual.hpp"
|
2013-04-16 20:15:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "psk_reporter.h"
|
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "logbook/logbook.h"
|
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "commons.h"
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "astro.h"
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "MessageBox.hpp"
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "NetworkAccessManager.hpp"
|
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS 206 //(72+31)*2, embedded sync
|
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS 126 //63 data + 63 sync
|
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS 85 //69 data + 16 sync
|
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS 162 //(50+31)*2, embedded sync
|
2017-05-11 19:56:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_WSPR_LF_SYMBOLS 412 //300 data + 109 sync + 3 ramp
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS 1291 //30*11025/256
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_MSK144_SYMBOLS 144 //s8 + d48 + s8 + d80
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_QRA64_SYMBOLS 84 //63 data + 21 sync
|
2017-06-19 20:38:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_FT8_SYMBOLS 79
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_CW_SYMBOLS 250
|
|
|
|
|
#define TX_SAMPLE_RATE 48000
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#define N_WIDGETS 24
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
extern int volatile itone[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
|
2014-04-06 21:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
extern int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
//--------------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
|
|
|
|
|
namespace Ui {
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
class MainWindow;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
class QSettings;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
class QLineEdit;
|
2015-02-13 08:53:02 +00:00
|
|
|
class QFont;
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
class QHostInfo;
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
class EchoGraph;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
class FastGraph;
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
class WideGraph;
|
|
|
|
|
class LogQSO;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
class Transceiver;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
class MessageAveraging;
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
class MessageClient;
|
|
|
|
|
class QTime;
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
class WSPRBandHopping;
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
class HelpTextWindow;
|
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
|
|
|
class WSPRNet;
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
class SoundOutput;
|
|
|
|
|
class Modulator;
|
|
|
|
|
class SoundInput;
|
|
|
|
|
class Detector;
|
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
class SampleDownloader;
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
class MultiSettings;
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
class EqualizationToolsDialog;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
class DecodedText;
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_OBJECT;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
using Frequency = Radio::Frequency;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
using FrequencyDelta = Radio::FrequencyDelta;
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
using Mode = Modes::Mode;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
|
|
|
explicit MainWindow(QDir const& temp_directory, bool multiple, MultiSettings *,
|
|
|
|
|
QSharedMemory *shdmem, unsigned downSampleFactor,
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
QSplashScreen *,
|
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
|
|
|
QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
~MainWindow();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public slots:
|
|
|
|
|
void showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg);
|
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void dataSink(qint64 frames);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void fastSink(qint64 frames);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void diskDat();
|
|
|
|
|
void freezeDecode(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void guiUpdate();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void doubleClickOnCall (Qt::KeyboardModifiers);
|
|
|
|
|
void doubleClickOnCall2(Qt::KeyboardModifiers);
|
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
void readFromStdout();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void p1ReadFromStdout();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void setXIT(int n, Frequency base = 0u);
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void msgAvgDecode2();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void fastPick(int x0, int x1, int y);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
void keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent *) override;
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *) override;
|
|
|
|
|
void childEvent(QChildEvent *) override;
|
|
|
|
|
bool eventFilter(QObject *, QEvent *) override;
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private slots:
|
2017-09-09 19:36:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void initialize_fonts ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_tx1_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx2_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx3_editingFinished();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_tx4_editingFinished();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_tx6_editingFinished();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionSettings_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_monitorButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionAbout_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_autoButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_stopTxButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_stopButton_clicked();
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionRelease_Notes_triggered ();
|
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
|
2012-07-02 16:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered();
|
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionNone_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionSave_all_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionSolve_FreqCal_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionCopyright_Notice_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void decode();
|
|
|
|
|
void decodeBusy(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_EraseButton_clicked();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void band_activity_cleared ();
|
|
|
|
|
void rx_frequency_activity_cleared ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int arg1);
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void set_dateTimeQSO(int m_ntx);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void set_ntx(int n);
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb1_toggled(bool status);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb1_doubleClicked ();
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb2_toggled(bool status);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txrb3_toggled(bool status);
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb4_toggled(bool status);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb4_doubleClicked ();
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb5_toggled(bool status);
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb5_doubleClicked ();
|
2017-07-07 13:13:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txrb6_toggled(bool status);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb1_clicked();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb1_doubleClicked ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb2_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb3_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_txb4_clicked();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb4_doubleClicked ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb5_clicked();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb5_doubleClicked ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_txb6_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_lookupButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_addButton_clicked();
|
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_dxCallEntry_textChanged (QString const&);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (QString const&);
|
2016-11-07 13:47:09 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_dxCallEntry_returnPressed ();
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_logQSOButton_clicked();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT9_triggered();
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT65_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionJT4_triggered();
|
2017-06-17 13:48:45 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionFT8_triggered();
|
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int arg1);
|
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionSave_decoded_triggered();
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionQuickDecode_toggled (bool);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionMediumDecode_toggled (bool);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionDeepestDecode_toggled (bool);
|
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
|
|
|
void bumpFqso(int n);
|
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered();
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void startTx2();
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
void startP1();
|
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void stopTx();
|
|
|
|
|
void stopTx2();
|
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_pbCallCQ_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSendRRR_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSendReport_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbSend73_clicked();
|
2015-05-28 15:44:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_rbGenMsg_clicked(bool checked);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_rbFreeText_clicked(bool checked);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const&);
|
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
|
|
|
void killFile();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_tuneButton_clicked (bool);
|
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_pbR2T_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbT2R_clicked();
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
void acceptQSO2(QDateTime const&, QString const& call, QString const& grid
|
|
|
|
|
, Frequency dial_freq, QString const& mode
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& rpt_sent, QString const& rpt_received
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& tx_power, QString const& comments
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, QString const& name, QDateTime const&);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged (int index);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_bandComboBox_activated (int index);
|
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_readFreq_clicked();
|
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_pbTxMode_clicked();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbHoldTxFreq_clicked(bool checked);
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int);
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void rigOpen ();
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState const&);
|
|
|
|
|
void handle_transceiver_failure (QString const& reason);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionAstronomical_data_toggled (bool);
|
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered();
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void band_changed (Frequency);
|
|
|
|
|
void monitor (bool);
|
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
|
|
|
void stop_tuning ();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void stopTuneATU();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void auto_tx_mode(bool);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
|
2017-01-06 13:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionInclude_averaging_toggled (bool);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionInclude_correlation_toggled (bool);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionEnable_AP_DXcall_toggled (bool);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void VHF_features_enabled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbSubmode_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbShMsgs_toggled(bool b);
|
2017-01-06 19:01:29 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbSWL_toggled(bool b);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbTx6_toggled(bool b);
|
2017-07-01 19:05:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbMenus_toggled(bool b);
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbFirst_toggled(bool b);
|
2017-07-10 14:24:33 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbAutoSeq_toggled(bool b);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
void networkError (QString const&);
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_ClrAvgButton_clicked();
|
2016-10-20 15:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionWSPR_triggered();
|
2017-04-28 16:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionWSPR_LF_triggered();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged(const QString &arg1);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void WSPR_config(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
void uploadSpots();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void TxAgain();
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
void uploadResponse(QString response);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_pbTxNext_clicked(bool b);
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionEcho_triggered();
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionISCAT_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionFast_Graph_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void fast_decode_done();
|
2017-01-05 18:35:26 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionMeasure_reference_spectrum_triggered();
|
|
|
|
|
void on_actionErase_reference_spectrum_triggered();
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionMeasure_phase_response_triggered();
|
2017-05-27 20:04:44 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_sbTR_valueChanged (int);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_sbFtol_valueChanged (int);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_cbFast9_clicked(bool b);
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_sbCQTxFreq_valueChanged(int n);
|
|
|
|
|
void on_cbCQTx_toggled(bool b);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionMSK144_triggered();
|
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionQRA64_triggered();
|
2017-01-03 21:37:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_actionFreqCal_triggered();
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void splash_done ();
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_measure_check_box_stateChanged (int);
|
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
private:
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void initializeAudioOutputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned channels, unsigned msBuffered) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void stopAudioOutputStream () const;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void startAudioInputStream (QAudioDeviceInfo const&,
|
|
|
|
|
int framesPerBuffer, AudioDevice * sink,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned downSampleFactor, AudioDevice::Channel) const;
|
2014-04-07 00:55:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void suspendAudioInputStream () const;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void resumeAudioInputStream () const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void startDetector (AudioDevice::Channel) const;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void FFTSize (unsigned) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void detectorClose () const;
|
|
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void finished () const;
|
2015-05-29 19:23:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void transmitFrequency (double) const;
|
2014-04-06 21:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void endTransmitMessage (bool quick = false) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void tune (bool = true) const;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void sendMessage (unsigned symbolsLength, double framesPerSymbol,
|
2015-05-29 19:23:54 +00:00
|
|
|
double frequency, double toneSpacing,
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
SoundOutput *, AudioDevice::Channel = AudioDevice::Mono,
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool synchronize = true, bool fastMode = false, double dBSNR = 99.,
|
|
|
|
|
int TRperiod=60) const;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void outAttenuationChanged (qreal) const;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Q_SIGNAL void toggleShorthand () const;
|
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
private:
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void astroUpdate ();
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
void writeAllTxt(QString message);
|
2017-09-01 05:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void auto_sequence (DecodedText const& message, unsigned start_tolerance, unsigned stop_tolerance);
|
2017-07-04 14:39:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void hideMenus(bool b);
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-04 14:17:01 +00:00
|
|
|
NetworkAccessManager m_network_manager;
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_valid;
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
QSplashScreen * m_splash;
|
2014-04-14 10:42:11 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_revision;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_multiple;
|
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
|
|
|
MultiSettings * m_multi_settings;
|
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
|
|
|
QPushButton * m_configurations_button;
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
QSettings * m_settings;
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<Ui::MainWindow> ui;
|
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// other windows
|
|
|
|
|
Configuration m_config;
|
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
WSPRBandHopping m_WSPR_band_hopping;
|
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_WSPR_tx_next;
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
MessageBox m_rigErrorMessageBox;
|
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<SampleDownloader> m_sampleDownloader;
|
2017-07-14 15:43:06 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<EqualizationToolsDialog> m_equalizationToolsDialog;
|
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<WideGraph> m_wideGraph;
|
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<EchoGraph> m_echoGraph;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<FastGraph> m_fastGraph;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<LogQSO> m_logDlg;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<Astro> m_astroWidget;
|
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<HelpTextWindow> m_shortcuts;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<HelpTextWindow> m_prefixes;
|
|
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<HelpTextWindow> m_mouseCmnds;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
QScopedPointer<MessageAveraging> m_msgAvgWidget;
|
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Transceiver::TransceiverState m_rigState;
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency m_lastDialFreq;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_lastBand;
|
2017-07-16 16:20:44 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_lastCallsign;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency m_dialFreqRxWSPR; // best guess at WSPR QRG
|
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Detector * m_detector;
|
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned m_FFTSize;
|
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
SoundInput * m_soundInput;
|
|
|
|
|
Modulator * m_modulator;
|
|
|
|
|
SoundOutput * m_soundOutput;
|
|
|
|
|
QThread m_audioThread;
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 m_msErase;
|
|
|
|
|
qint64 m_secBandChanged;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
qint64 m_freqMoon;
|
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency m_freqNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency m_freqTxNominal;
|
|
|
|
|
Astro::Correction m_astroCorrection;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-06-04 19:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
double m_s6;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
double m_tRemaining;
|
2015-06-04 19:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
float m_DTtol;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
float m_t0;
|
|
|
|
|
float m_t1;
|
|
|
|
|
float m_t0Pick;
|
|
|
|
|
float m_t1Pick;
|
2016-09-29 13:29:20 +00:00
|
|
|
float m_fCPUmskrtd;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_waterfallAvg;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ntx;
|
2017-05-12 20:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_gen_message_is_cq;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_send_RR73;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_timeout;
|
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_XIT;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_setftx;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ndepth;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_sec0;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_RxLog;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nutc0;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_ntr;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_tx;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_hsym;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_TRperiod;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nsps;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_hsymStop;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_inGain;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_ncw;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_secID;
|
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_idleMinutes;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_nSubMode;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nclearave;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_minSync;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_dBm;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_pctx;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nseq;
|
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_nWSPRdecodes;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_k0;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_kdone;
|
|
|
|
|
qint32 m_nPick;
|
2017-08-09 16:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
FrequencyList_v2::const_iterator m_frequency_list_fcal_iter;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_nTx73;
|
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_UTCdisk;
|
2016-10-19 18:09:27 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_wait;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
qint32 m_i3bit;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_btxok; //True if OK to transmit
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_diskData;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_loopall;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_decoderBusy;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_txFirst;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_auto;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_restart;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_startAnother;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_saveDecoded;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_saveAll;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_widebandDecode;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_call3Modified;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_dataAvailable;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bDecoded;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_noSuffix;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_blankLine;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_decodedText2;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_freeText;
|
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_sentFirst73;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_currentMessageType;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_currentMessage;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_lastMessageType;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_lastMessageSent;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_holdTxFreq;
|
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bShMsgs;
|
2016-12-30 21:46:29 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bSWL;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_uploadSpots;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_uploading;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_txNext;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_grid6;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_tuneup;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bTxTime;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_rxDone;
|
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bSimplex; // not using split even if it is available
|
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bEchoTxOK;
|
2015-06-04 19:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bTransmittedEcho;
|
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bEchoTxed;
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bFastMode;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bFast9;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bFastDecodeCalled;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn;
|
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bRefSpec;
|
2016-12-24 20:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bClearRefSpec;
|
2017-01-15 21:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bTrain;
|
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bUseRef;
|
2016-09-28 19:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bFastDone;
|
2016-10-17 16:51:14 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bAltV;
|
2016-10-31 14:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bNoMoreFiles;
|
2016-11-08 20:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bQRAsyncWarned;
|
2016-11-22 15:47:59 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bDoubleClicked;
|
2017-07-09 19:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bCallingCQ;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bAutoReply;
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bCheckedContest;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bDXped;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
enum
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
CALLING,
|
|
|
|
|
REPLYING,
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT,
|
|
|
|
|
ROGER_REPORT,
|
|
|
|
|
ROGERS,
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNOFF
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
m_QSOProgress;
|
2016-11-08 20:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
int m_ihsym;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_nzap;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_npts8;
|
|
|
|
|
float m_px;
|
2017-03-06 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
float m_pxmax;
|
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
float m_df3;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_iptt0;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_btxok0;
|
|
|
|
|
int m_nsendingsh;
|
|
|
|
|
double m_onAirFreq0;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_first_error;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
char m_msg[100][80];
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
// labels in status bar
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
QLabel tx_status_label;
|
2016-10-28 14:33:00 +00:00
|
|
|
QLabel config_label;
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
QLabel mode_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel last_tx_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel auto_tx_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QLabel band_hopping_label;
|
|
|
|
|
QProgressBar progressBar;
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
QLabel watchdog_label;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
QFuture<void> m_wav_future;
|
|
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<void> m_wav_future_watcher;
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<void> watcher3;
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QFutureWatcher<QString> m_saveWAVWatcher;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QProcess proc_jt9;
|
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
QProcess p1;
|
|
|
|
|
QProcess p3;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WSPRNet *wsprNet;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer m_guiTimer;
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer ptt1Timer; //StartTx delay
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer ptt0Timer; //StopTx delay
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer logQSOTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer killFileTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer tuneButtonTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer uploadTimer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer tuneATU_Timer;
|
|
|
|
|
QTimer TxAgainTimer;
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer minuteTimer;
|
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer splashTimer;
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer p1Timer;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_path;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_baseCall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_hisCall;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_hisGrid;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_appDir;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_palette;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_dateTime;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_modeTx;
|
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_fnameWE; // save path without extension
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_rpt;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_rptSent;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_rptRcvd;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_qsoStart;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_qsoStop;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_cmnd;
|
2016-10-26 19:01:46 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_cmndP1;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_msgSent0;
|
|
|
|
|
QString m_fileToSave;
|
2016-01-22 17:06:57 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_calls;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_CQtype;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
QSet<QString> m_pfx;
|
|
|
|
|
QSet<QString> m_sfx;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
QDateTime m_dateTimeQSOOn;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QSharedMemory *mem_jt9;
|
|
|
|
|
LogBook m_logBook;
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
QString m_QSOText;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned m_msAudioOutputBuffered;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned m_framesAudioInputBuffered;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned m_downSampleFactor;
|
|
|
|
|
QThread::Priority m_audioThreadPriority;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_bandEdited;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_splitMode;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_monitoring;
|
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_tx_when_ready;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_transmitting;
|
|
|
|
|
bool m_tune;
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_tx_watchdog; // true when watchdog triggered
|
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_block_pwr_tooltip;
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_PwrBandSetOK;
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bool m_bVHFwarned;
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequency m_lastMonitoredFrequency;
|
|
|
|
|
double m_toneSpacing;
|
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
int m_firstDecode;
|
|
|
|
|
QProgressDialog m_optimizingProgress;
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
QTimer m_heartbeat;
|
|
|
|
|
MessageClient * m_messageClient;
|
|
|
|
|
PSK_Reporter *psk_Reporter;
|
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
DisplayManual m_manual;
|
2016-10-25 20:24:09 +00:00
|
|
|
QHash<QString, QVariant> m_pwrBandTxMemory; // Remembers power level by band
|
|
|
|
|
QHash<QString, QVariant> m_pwrBandTuneMemory; // Remembers power level by band for tuning
|
2016-12-30 15:45:31 +00:00
|
|
|
QByteArray m_geometryNoControls;
|
2017-02-23 16:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
QVector<double> m_phaseEqCoefficients;
|
2017-02-21 02:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
//---------------------------------------------------- private functions
|
|
|
|
|
void readSettings();
|
2017-09-09 19:36:07 +00:00
|
|
|
void set_application_font (QFont const&);
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void setDecodedTextFont (QFont const&);
|
|
|
|
|
void writeSettings();
|
|
|
|
|
void createStatusBar();
|
|
|
|
|
void updateStatusBar();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void genStdMsgs(QString rpt, bool unconditional = false);
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void genCQMsg();
|
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void clearDX ();
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void lookup();
|
|
|
|
|
void ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char* message);
|
|
|
|
|
void msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx);
|
|
|
|
|
void stub();
|
|
|
|
|
void statusChanged();
|
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void fixStop();
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
bool shortList(QString callsign);
|
|
|
|
|
void transmit (double snr = 99.);
|
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
void rigFailure (QString const& reason);
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void pskSetLocal ();
|
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void pskPost(DecodedText const& decodedtext);
|
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void displayDialFrequency ();
|
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
void transmitDisplay (bool);
|
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void processMessage(DecodedText const&, Qt::KeyboardModifiers = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
void replyToCQ (QTime, qint32 snr, float delta_time, quint32 delta_frequency, QString const& mode, QString const& message_text, bool low_confidence, quint8 modifiers);
|
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
void replayDecodes ();
|
|
|
|
|
void postDecode (bool is_new, QString const& message);
|
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
void postWSPRDecode (bool is_new, QStringList message_parts);
|
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void enable_DXCC_entity (bool on);
|
|
|
|
|
void switch_mode (Mode);
|
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
void WSPR_scheduling ();
|
2017-01-12 18:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
void freqCalStep();
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void setRig (Frequency = 0); // zero frequency means no change
|
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
|
|
|
void WSPR_history(Frequency dialFreq, int ndecodes);
|
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
|
|
|
QString WSPR_hhmm(int n);
|
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
|
|
|
void fast_config(bool b);
|
2016-11-27 01:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void CQTxFreq();
|
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
QString save_wave_file (QString const& name
|
|
|
|
|
, short const * data
|
|
|
|
|
, int seconds
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& my_callsign
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& my_grid
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& mode
|
|
|
|
|
, qint32 sub_mode
|
|
|
|
|
, Frequency frequency
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& his_call
|
|
|
|
|
, QString const& his_grid) const;
|
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void read_wav_file (QString const& fname);
|
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
void decodeDone ();
|
|
|
|
|
void subProcessFailed (QProcess *, int exit_code, QProcess::ExitStatus);
|
|
|
|
|
void subProcessError (QProcess *, QProcess::ProcessError);
|
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
|
|
|
void statusUpdate () const;
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
void update_watchdog_label ();
|
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void on_the_minute ();
|
|
|
|
|
void add_child_to_event_filter (QObject *);
|
|
|
|
|
void remove_child_from_event_filter (QObject *);
|
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
void setup_status_bar (bool vhf);
|
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
void tx_watchdog (bool triggered);
|
2016-10-20 19:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int nWidgets(QString t);
|
|
|
|
|
void displayWidgets(int n);
|
2016-11-03 14:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void vhfWarning();
|
2016-12-16 19:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
QChar current_submode () const; // returns QChar {0} if sub mode is
|
|
|
|
|
// not appropriate
|
2017-07-08 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
void write_transmit_entry (QString const& file_name);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern int killbyname(const char* progName);
|
|
|
|
|
extern void getDev(int* numDevices,char hostAPI_DeviceName[][50],
|
|
|
|
|
int minChan[], int maxChan[],
|
|
|
|
|
int minSpeed[], int maxSpeed[]);
|
2015-06-04 22:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
extern int next_tx_state(int pctx);
|
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
|
